Linux kernel mirror (for testing)
git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
kernel
os
linux
1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43#include <linux/types.h>
44
45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60/**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86/**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123/**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156/**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181/**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198 * not present.
199 *
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207 *
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211 */
212
213/**
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215 *
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231 *
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241 *
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249 */
250
251/**
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258 *
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261 * respectively.
262 */
263
264/**
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266 *
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273 * that main netdev.
274 *
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278 */
279
280/**
281 * DOC: TID configuration
282 *
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285 *
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289 *
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
296 *
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
301 */
302
303/**
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305 *
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307 *
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313 *
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322 *
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324 */
325
326/**
327 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
328 *
329 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
330 *
331 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
332 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
333 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
334 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
335 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
337 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
338 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
339 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
340 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
341 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
342 * compatibility only.
343 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
344 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
346 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
347 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
348 *
349 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
350 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
351 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
352 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
353 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
355 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
357 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
358 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
360 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
361 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
362 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
363 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
364 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
365 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
366 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
367 *
368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
369 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
370 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
371 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
372 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
374 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
375 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
376 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
377 *
378 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
379 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
380 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
381 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
382 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
383 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
384 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
385 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
386 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
387 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
388 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
389 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
390 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
391 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
392 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
393 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
394 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
395 * attributes determining channel width.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
397 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
398 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
399 *
400 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
401 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
402 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
403 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
404 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
405 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
406 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
407 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
408 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
409 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
410 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
411 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
412 * frame).
413 *
414 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
415 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
417 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
418 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
419 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
420 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
421 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
422 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
423 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
425 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
427 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
428 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
429 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
430 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
431 *
432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
433 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
434 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
435 * global regdomain will be returned.
436 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
437 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
438 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
439 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
440 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
441 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
442 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
443 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
444 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
445 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
446 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
447 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
448 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
449 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
450 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
451 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
452 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
453 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
454 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
455 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
456 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
457 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
458 *
459 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
460 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
461 *
462 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
463 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
464 *
465 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
466 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
467 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
468 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
469 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
470 * added to all specified management frames generated by
471 * kernel/firmware/driver.
472 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
473 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
474 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
475 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
476 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
477 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
478 *
479 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
480 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
481 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
482 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
483 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
484 * be used.
485 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
486 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
487 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
488 * partial scan results may be available
489 *
490 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
491 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
492 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
493 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
494 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
495 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
496 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
497 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
498 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
499 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
500 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
501 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
502 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
503 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
504 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
505 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
506 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
507 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
508 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
509 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
510 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
511 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
512 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
513 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
514 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
515 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
516 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
517 * results available.
518 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
519 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
520 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
521 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
522 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
523 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
524 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
525 *
526 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
527 * or noise level
528 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
529 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
530 *
531 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
532 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
533 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
534 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
535 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
536 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
537 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
538 * ESS.
539 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
540 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
541 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
542 * authentication.
543 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
544 *
545 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
546 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
547 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
548 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
549 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
550 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
551 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
552 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
553 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
554 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
555 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
556 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
557 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
558 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
559 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
560 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
561 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
562 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
563 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
564 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
565 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
566 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
567 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
568 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
569 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
570 * the beacon hint was processed.
571 *
572 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
573 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
574 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
575 * authentication process.
576 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
577 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
578 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
579 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
580 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
581 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
582 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
583 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
584 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
585 * to the frame.
586 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
587 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
588 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
589 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
590 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
591 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
592 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
593 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
594 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
595 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
596 * pending authentication timed out).
597 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
598 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
599 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
600 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
601 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
602 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
603 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
604 * included).
605 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
606 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
607 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
608 * primitives).
609 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
610 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
611 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
612 *
613 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
614 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
615 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
616 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
617 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
618 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
619 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
620 *
621 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
622 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
623 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
624 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
625 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
626 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
627 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
628 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
629 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
630 * determined by the network interface.
631 *
632 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
633 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
634 * to the driver.
635 *
636 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
637 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
638 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
639 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
640 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
641 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
642 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
643 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
645 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
646 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
647 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
648 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
649 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
650 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
651 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
652 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
653 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
654 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
655 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
656 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
657 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
658 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
659 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
660 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
661 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
662 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
663 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
664 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
665 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
666 * a different BSS is desired.
667 * Background scan period can optionally be
668 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
669 * if not specified default background scan configuration
670 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
671 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
672 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
673 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
674 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
675 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
676 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
677 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
678 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
679 * well to remain backwards compatible.
680 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
681 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
682 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
683 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
684 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
685 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
686 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
687 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
688 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
689 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
690 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
691 *
692 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
693 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
694 *
695 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
696 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
697 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
698 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
699 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
700 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
701 * frequency for the operation.
702 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
703 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
704 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
705 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
706 * radio).
707 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
708 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
709 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
710 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
711 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
712 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
713 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
714 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
715 * uniquely identify the request.
716 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
717 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
718 *
719 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
720 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
721 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
722 *
723 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
724 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
725 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
726 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
727 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
728 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
729 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
730 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
731 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
732 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
733 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
734 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
735 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
736 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
737 * backward compatibility
738 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
739 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
740 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
741 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
742 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
743 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
744 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
745 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
746 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
747 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
748 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
749 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
750 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
751 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
752 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
753 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
754 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
755 * is used during CSA period.
756 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
757 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
758 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
759 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
760 * wait time.
761 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
762 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
763 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
764 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
765 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
766 * the frame.
767 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
768 * backward compatibility.
769 *
770 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
771 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
772 *
773 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
774 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
775 * levels.
776 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
777 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
778 * reached.
779 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
780 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
781 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
782 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
783 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
784 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
785 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
786 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
787 * precedence when they are used.
788 *
789 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
790 * (no longer supported).
791 *
792 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
793 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
794 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
795 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
796 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
797 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
798 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
799 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
800 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
801 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
802 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
803 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
804 * command, the feature is disabled.
805 *
806 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
807 * mesh config parameters may be given.
808 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
809 * network is determined by the network interface.
810 *
811 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
812 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
813 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
815 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
816 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
817 *
818 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
819 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
820 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
821 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
822 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
823 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
824 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
825 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
826 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
827 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
828 * depending on the authentication result.
829 *
830 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
831 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
832 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
833 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
834 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
835 * more background information, see
836 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
837 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
838 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
839 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
840 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
841 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
842 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
843 *
844 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
845 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
846 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
847 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
848 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
849 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
850 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
851 *
852 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
853 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
854 *
855 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
856 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
857 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
858 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
859 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
860 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
861 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
862 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
863 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
864 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
865 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
866 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
867 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
868 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
869 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
870 *
871 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
872 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
873 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
874 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
875 * is received.
876 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
877 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
878 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
879 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
880 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
881 *
882 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
883 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
884 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
885 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
886 *
887 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
888 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
889 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
890 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
891 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
892 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
893 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
894 *
895 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
896 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
897 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
898 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
899 *
900 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
901 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
902 *
903 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
904 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
905 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
906 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
907 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
908 * from the remote AP) is completed;
909 *
910 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
911 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
912 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
913 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
914 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
915 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
916 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
917 * interfaces to change channel as well.
918 *
919 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
920 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
921 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
922 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
923 * public action frame TX.
924 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
925 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
926 *
927 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
928 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
929 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
930 * is used for this.
931 *
932 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
933 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
934 *
935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
936 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
937 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
938 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
939 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
940 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
941 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
942 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
943 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
944 *
945 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
946 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
947 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
948 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
949 * while operating on this channel.
950 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
951 * event.
952 *
953 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
954 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
955 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
956 *
957 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
958 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
959 *
960 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
961 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
962 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
963 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
964 *
965 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
966 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
967 * complete.
968 *
969 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
970 * return back to normal.
971 *
972 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
973 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
974 *
975 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
976 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
977 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
978 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
979 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
980 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
981 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
982 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
983 * switch is complete.
984 *
985 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
986 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
987 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
988 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
989 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
990 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
991 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
992 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
993 *
994 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
995 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
996 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
997 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
998 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
999 *
1000 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1001 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1002 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1003 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1004 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1005 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1006 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1007 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1008 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1009 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1010 * fail even if the check was successful.
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1012 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1013 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1014 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1015 *
1016 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1017 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1018 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1019 *
1020 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1021 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1022 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1023 * network is determined by the network interface.
1024 *
1025 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1026 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1027 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1028 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1029 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1030 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1031 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1032 * AP.
1033 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1034 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1035 * when this command completes.
1036 *
1037 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1038 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1039 * management.
1040 *
1041 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1042 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1043 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1044 *
1045 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1046 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1047 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1048 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1049 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1050 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1051 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1052 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1053 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1054 * added.
1055 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1056 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1058 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1059 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1060 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1061 * of the function upon success.
1062 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1063 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1064 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1065 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1066 * which just terminated.
1067 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1068 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1069 * the response to this command.
1070 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1071 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1072 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1073 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1074 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1075 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1076 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1077 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1078 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1079 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1080 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1081 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1082 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1083 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1084 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1086 *
1087 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1088 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1089 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1090 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1091 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1092 *
1093 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1094 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1095 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1096 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1097 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1098 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1099 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1100 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1101 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1102 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1103 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1104 * should be indicated instead.
1105 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1106 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1107 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1108 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1109 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1110 * 802.11 headers.
1111 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1112 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1113 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1114 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1115 *
1116 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1117 *
1118 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1119 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1120 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1121 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1122 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1123 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1124 *
1125 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1126 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1127 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1128 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1129 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1130 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1131 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1132 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1133 * command interface.
1134 *
1135 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1136 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1137 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1138 *
1139 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1140 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1141 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1142 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1143 *
1144 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1145 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1146 *
1147 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1148 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1149 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1150 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1151 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1152 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1153 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1154 * the netlink extended ack message.
1155 *
1156 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1157 *
1158 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1159 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1160 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1161 * buffer size.
1162 *
1163 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1164 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1165 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1166 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1167 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1168 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1169 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1170 *
1171 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1172 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1173 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1174 * determining the width and type.
1175 *
1176 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1177 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1178 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1179 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1180 *
1181 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1182 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1183 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1184 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1185 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1186 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1187 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1188 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1189 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1190 * rate selection.
1191 *
1192 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1193 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1194 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1195 *
1196 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1197 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1198 *
1199 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1200 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1201 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1202 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1203 *
1204 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1205 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1206 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1207 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1208 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1209 *
1210 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1211 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1212 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1213 *
1214 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1215 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1216 *
1217 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1218 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1219 *
1220 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1221 * started
1222 *
1223 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1224 * been aborted
1225 *
1226 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1227 * has completed
1228 *
1229 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1230 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1231 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1232 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1233 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1234 *
1235 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1236 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1237 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1238 * specify the timeout value.
1239 *
1240 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1241 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1242 */
1243enum nl80211_commands {
1244/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1245 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1246
1247 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1248 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1249 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1250 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1251
1252 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1253 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1254 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1255 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1256
1257 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1258 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1259 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1260 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1261
1262 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1263 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1264 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1265 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1266 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1267 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1268
1269 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1270 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1271 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1272 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1273
1274 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1275 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1276 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1277 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1278
1279 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1280
1281 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1282 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1283
1284 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1285 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1286
1287 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1288
1289 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1290
1291 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1292 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1293 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1294 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1295
1296 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1297
1298 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1299 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1300 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1301 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1302
1303 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1304
1305 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1306
1307 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1308 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1309
1310 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1311
1312 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1313 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1314 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1315
1316 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1317
1318 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1319 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1320
1321 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1322 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1323 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1324
1325 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1326 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1327
1328 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1329
1330 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1331 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1332 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1333 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1334 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1335 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1336
1337 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1338 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1339
1340 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1341 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1342
1343 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1344 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1345
1346 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1347
1348 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1349 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1350
1351 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1352 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1353
1354 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1355
1356 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1357 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1358
1359 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1360 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1361 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1362 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1363
1364 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1365
1366 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1367
1368 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1369 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1370
1371 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1372
1373 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1374
1375 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1376
1377 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1378
1379 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1380
1381 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1382
1383 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1384 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1385
1386 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1387
1388 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1389
1390 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1391
1392 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1393
1394 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1395
1396 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1397 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1398
1399 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1400 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1401
1402 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1403 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1404
1405 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1406
1407 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1408
1409 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1410
1411 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1412 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1413
1414 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1415
1416 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1417 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1418
1419 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1420
1421 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1422 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1423
1424 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1425
1426 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1427
1428 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1429 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1430 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1431 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1432 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1433 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1434
1435 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1436
1437 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1438
1439 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1440 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1441
1442 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1443
1444 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1445
1446 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1447
1448 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1449
1450 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1451
1452 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1453
1454 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1455 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1456 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1457
1458 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1459
1460 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1461
1462 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1463
1464 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1465
1466 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1467
1468 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1469
1470 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1471
1472 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1473
1474 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1475
1476 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1477 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1478 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1479
1480 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1481
1482 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1483
1484 /* add new commands above here */
1485
1486 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1487 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1488 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1489};
1490
1491/*
1492 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1493 * here
1494 */
1495#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1496#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1497#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1498#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1499#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1500#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1501#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1502#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1503
1504#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1505
1506/* source-level API compatibility */
1507#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1508#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1509#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1510
1511/**
1512 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1513 *
1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1515 *
1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1517 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1521 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1522 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1523 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1524 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1526 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1527 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1529 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1530 * operating channel center frequency.
1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1532 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1534 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1535 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1536 * this attribute)
1537 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1538 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1539 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1540 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1542 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1543 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1545 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1546 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1548 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1549 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1551 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1552 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1554 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1555 *
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1559 *
1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1561 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1562 *
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1564 *
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1566 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1567 * keys
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1570 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1572 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1575 * default management key
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1577 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1579 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1580 *
1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1585 *
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1588 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1590 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1592 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1593 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1595 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1597 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1598 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1599 *
1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1601 * consisting of a nested array.
1602 *
1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1605 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1608 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1609 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1610 *
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1612 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1613 *
1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1615 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1616 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1617 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1618 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1619 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1620 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1621 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1622 * to a specific alpha2.
1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1624 * rules.
1625 *
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1628 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1630 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1632 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1633 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1634 *
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1636 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1637 *
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1639 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1640 * of the interface mode.
1641 *
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1643 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1644 *
1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1646 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1647 *
1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1649 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1651 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1653 * that can be added to a scan request
1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1655 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1657 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1658 *
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1661 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1663 *
1664 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1665 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1667 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1668 *
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1670 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1671 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1672 *
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1674 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1675 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1678 * represented as a u32
1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1680 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1681 *
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1683 * a u32
1684 *
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1686 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1687 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1688 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1689 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1691 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1692 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1693 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1694 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1695 *
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1697 * cipher suites
1698 *
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1700 * for other networks on different channels
1701 *
1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1703 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1704 *
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1706 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1707 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1708 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1709 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1710 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1711 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1712 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1713 *
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1715 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1716 *
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1718 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1719 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1720 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1721 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1722 * default in station mode.
1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1724 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1725 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1726 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1727 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1728 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1730 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1731 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1733 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1734 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1735 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1736 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1737 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1738 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1739 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1740 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1741 * frames are not forwared over the control port.
1742 *
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1744 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1745 *
1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1747 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1748 * a local disconnect request.
1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1750 * event (u16)
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1752 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1753 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1754 *
1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1756 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1757 * (an array of u32).
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1759 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1760 * u32).
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1762 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1763 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1765 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1766 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1767 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1768 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1769 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1770 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1771 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1772 *
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1774 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1776 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1777 *
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1779 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1780 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1781 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1782 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1783 *
1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1785 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1787 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1788 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1789 *
1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1791 *
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1793 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1794 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1795 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1796 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1797 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1798 * completely from scratch.
1799 *
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1801 *
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1803 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1804 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1805 *
1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1808 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1809 *
1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1812 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1813 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1814 *
1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1816 *
1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1818 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1819 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1820 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1821 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1822 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1823 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1824 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1825 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1826 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1827 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1828 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1829 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1830 *
1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1832 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1834 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1836 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1837 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1838 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1840 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1841 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1842 *
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1844 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1845 *
1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1847 *
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1849 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1850 *
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1852 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1853 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1854 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1855 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1856 *
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1858 * connected to this BSS.
1859 *
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1861 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1863 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1864 * for non-automatic settings.
1865 *
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1867 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1868 *
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1870 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1871 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1872 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1873 *
1874 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1875 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1876 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1877 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1878 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1879 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1880 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1881 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1882 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1883 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1884 *
1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1886 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1887 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1888 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1889 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1890 *
1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1892 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1893 *
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1895 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1896 *
1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1898 *
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1900 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1901 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1902 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1903 * nl80211 capability flag.
1904 *
1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1906 *
1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1908 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1909 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1910 *
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1912 * changed once the mesh is active.
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1914 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1916 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1917 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1919 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1920 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1921 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1922 *
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1924 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1926 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1927 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1928 * triggers.
1929 *
1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1931 * cycles, in msecs.
1932 *
1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1934 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1935 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1936 * pass-thru filter rules.
1937 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1938 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1939 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1940 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1941 * able to ignore them by itself.
1942 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1943 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1944 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1945 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1946 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1947 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1948 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1949 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1950 *
1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1952 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1953 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1955 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1956 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1957 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1958 *
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1960 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1961 *
1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1963 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1964 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1965 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1966 *
1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1968 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1969 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1970 *
1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1972 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1973 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1974 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1976 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1977 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1978 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1979 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1980 *
1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1982 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1984 * as AP.
1985 *
1986 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1987 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1988 *
1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1990 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1991 *
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1993 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1994 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1995 * applications use this attribute.
1996 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1997 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1998 *
1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2000 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2001 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2003 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2005 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2007 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2009 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2010 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2011 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2012 *
2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2014 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2015 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2016 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2017 *
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2019 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2020 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2021 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2022 *
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2024 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2026 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2027 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2028 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2029 *
2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2031 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2032 * to be filled by the FW.
2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2034 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2035 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2037 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2038 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2040 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2041 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2043 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2044 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2045 * The values that may be configured are:
2046 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2047 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2048 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2049 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2050 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2051 *
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2053 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2054 * to one DFS region.
2055 *
2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2057 * up to 16 TIDs.
2058 *
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2060 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2061 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2062 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2063 * capability to timeout the stations.
2064 *
2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2066 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2067 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2068 *
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2070 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2071 *
2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2073 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2074 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2075 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2076 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2077 *
2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2079 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2080 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2081 *
2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2083 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2084 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2085 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2086 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2087 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2088 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2089 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2090 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2091 * consistent.
2092 *
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2094 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2095 *
2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2097 *
2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2099 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2101 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2102 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2103 * no change is made.
2104 *
2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2106 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2107 *
2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2109 * carried in a u32 attribute
2110 *
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2112 * MAC ACL.
2113 *
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2115 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2116 * ACL.
2117 *
2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2119 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2120 *
2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2122 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2123 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2125 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2126 *
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2128 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2129 *
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2131 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2132 * and PU-APSD.
2133 *
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2135 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2136 *
2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2138 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2139 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2140 *
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2142 *
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2144 * Element
2145 *
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2147 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2149 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2150 *
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2152 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2153 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2154 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2155 *
2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2157 *
2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2159 * until the channel switch event.
2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2161 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2162 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2163 * was requested by the AP.
2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2165 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2167 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2169 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2170 *
2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2172 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2173 *
2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2175 *
2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2177 * operating classes.
2178 *
2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2180 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2181 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2182 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2183 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2184 * IBSS network.
2185 *
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2187 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2189 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2190 *
2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2192 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2193 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2194 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2195 * u8 attribute.
2196 *
2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2198 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2201 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2203 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2204 *
2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2206 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2207 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2208 *
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2211 *
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2213 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2214 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2215 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2216 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2217 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2218 *
2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2220 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2221 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2222 * supported number of csa counters.
2223 *
2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2225 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2226 *
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2228 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2229 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2230 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2231 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2232 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2233 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2234 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2235 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2236 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2237 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2238 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2239 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2240 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2241 * multicast group.
2242 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2243 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2244 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2245 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2246 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2247 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2248 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2249 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2250 *
2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2252 * the TDLS link initiator.
2253 *
2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2255 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2256 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2257 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2258 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2259 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2260 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2261 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2262 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2263 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2264 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2265 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2266 *
2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2268 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2269 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2270 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2271 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2272 *
2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2276 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2277 *
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2279 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2280 *
2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2282 *
2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2284 *
2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2286 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2287 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2288 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2289 *
2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2291 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2292 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2293 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2294 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2295 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2296 *
2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2298 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2299 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2300 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2301 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2302 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2303 * over all channels.
2304 *
2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2306 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2307 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2308 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2309
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2311 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2312 *
2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2314 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2316 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2318 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2320 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2321 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2322 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2323 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2324 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2326 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2327 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2328 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2330 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2331 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2332 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2333 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2334 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2335 *
2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2337 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2338 *
2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2340 *
2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2342 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2343 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2344 * interface type.
2345 *
2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2347 * groupID for monitor mode.
2348 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2349 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2350 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2351 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2352 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2353 * each group.
2354 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2355 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2356 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2357 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2358 * groupID data.
2359 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2361 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2362 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2363 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2364 *
2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2366 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2367 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2368 * attribute must not be included).
2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2370 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2371 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2372 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2373 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2374 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2375 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2377 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2378 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2379 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2380 *
2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2382 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2383 *
2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2385 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2386 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2387 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2388 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2390 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2391 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2392 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2393 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2394 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2395 * the device will decide what to use.
2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2397 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2398 * attribute.
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2400 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2402 * protection.
2403 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2404 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2405 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2406 *
2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2408 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2409 *
2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2411 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2412 *
2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2414 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2415 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2416 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2417 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2418 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2419 * unnecessary wakeups.
2420 *
2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2422 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2423 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2424 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2425 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2426 *
2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2428 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2429 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2430 *
2431 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2432 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2433 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2434 *
2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2436 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2437 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2438 *
2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2440 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2441 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2442 *
2443 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2444 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2445 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2446 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2447 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2448 *
2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2450 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2451 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2452 *
2453 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2454 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2455 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2456 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2457 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2458 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2459 * is included as well.
2460 *
2461 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2462 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2464 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2465 *
2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2467 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2468 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2470 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2471 *
2472 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2473 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2474 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2475 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2476 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2477 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2478 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2479 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2480 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2481 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2482 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2483 *
2484 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2485 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2486 *
2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2488 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2489 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2490 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2491 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2492 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2493 * enforced.
2494 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2495 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2497 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2498 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2499 *
2500 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2501 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2502 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2503 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2504 *
2505 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2506 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2507 *
2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2509 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2510 * invalid value.
2511 *
2512 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2513 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2514 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2515 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2516 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2517 *
2518 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2519 * scheduler.
2520 *
2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2522 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2523 * possible values.
2524 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2525 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2526 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2527 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2528 * or per-station.
2529 *
2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2531 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2532 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2533 *
2534 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2535 *
2536 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2537 * functionality.
2538 *
2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2540 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2541 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2543 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2544 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2545 *
2546 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2547 * (u16).
2548 *
2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2550 *
2551 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2552 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2553 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2554 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2555 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2556 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2557 *
2558 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2559 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2560 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2561 * attributes.
2562 *
2563 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2564 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2565 *
2566 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2567 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2568 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2569 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2570 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2571 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2572 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2573 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2574 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2575 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2576 *
2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2578 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2579 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2580 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2581 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2582 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2583 * has expired.
2584 *
2585 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2586 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2587 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2588 * disassociation is still forced.
2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2590 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2591 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2592 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2593 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2594 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2595 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2596 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2597 *
2598 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2599 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2600 *
2601 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2602 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2603 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2604 *
2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2606 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2607 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2608 *
2609 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2610 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2612 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2613 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2614 *
2615 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2616 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2617 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2618 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2619 *
2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2621 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2622 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2623 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2624 *
2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2626 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2627 * is desired.
2628 *
2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2630 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2631 *
2632 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2633 * until the color switch event.
2634 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2635 * switching to
2636 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2637 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2638 *
2639 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2640 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2641 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2642 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2643 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2644 * parameters.
2645 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2646 *
2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2648 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2649 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2650 *
2651 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2652 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2653 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2654 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2655 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2656 * radar channel.
2657 *
2658 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2659 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2660 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2661 *
2662 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2663 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2664 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2665 */
2666enum nl80211_attrs {
2667/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2668 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2669
2670 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2671 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2672
2673 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2674 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2675 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2676
2677 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2678
2679 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2680 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2681 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2682 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2683 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2684
2685 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2686 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2687 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2688 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2689
2690 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2691 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2692 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2693 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2694 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2695 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2696
2697 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2698
2699 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2700
2701 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2702 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2703 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2704 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2705
2706 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2707 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2708 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2709
2710 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2711
2712 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2713
2714 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2715 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2716
2717 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2718
2719 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2720
2721 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2722 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2723 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2724
2725 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2726
2727 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2728 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2729
2730 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2731
2732 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2733 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2734 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2735 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2736
2737 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2738 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2739
2740 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2741
2742 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2743 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2744 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2745 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2746
2747 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2748
2749 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2750 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2751
2752 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2753 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2754
2755 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2756
2757
2758 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2759 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2760 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2761 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2762
2763 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2764
2765 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2766
2767 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2768
2769 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2770
2771 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2772
2773 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2774
2775 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2776 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2777
2778 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2779 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2780 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2781 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2782
2783 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2784 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2785
2786 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2787
2788 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2789 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2790
2791 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2792
2793 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2794
2795 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2796
2797 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2798 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2799
2800 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2801
2802 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2803
2804 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2805
2806 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2807
2808 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2809
2810 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2811
2812 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2813
2814 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2815
2816 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2817
2818 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2819
2820 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2821 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2822
2823 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2824 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2825 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2826
2827 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2828 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2829
2830 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2831
2832 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2833 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2834
2835 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2836
2837 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2838
2839 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2840
2841 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2842
2843 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2844
2845 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2846
2847 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2848 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2849
2850 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2851 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2852
2853 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2854 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2855
2856 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2857
2858 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2859 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2860
2861 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2862
2863 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2864 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2865
2866 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2867
2868 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2869
2870 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2871 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2872
2873 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2874 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2875
2876 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2877
2878 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2879 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2880
2881 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2882
2883 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2884
2885 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2886 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2887 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2888 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2889 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2890
2891 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2892
2893 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2894
2895 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2896
2897 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2898
2899 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2900
2901 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2902
2903 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2904 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2905
2906 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2907
2908 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2909
2910 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2911
2912 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2913
2914 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2915
2916 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2917
2918 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2919
2920 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2921
2922 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2923
2924 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2925
2926 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2927 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2928 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2929
2930 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2931 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2932
2933 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2934
2935 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2936
2937 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2938
2939 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2940
2941 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2942
2943 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2944 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2945
2946 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2947 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2948
2949 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2950 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2951
2952 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2953 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2954
2955 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2956 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2957
2958 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2959 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2960
2961 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2962
2963 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2964
2965 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2966 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2967 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2968 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
2969 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
2970
2971 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2972
2973 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2974
2975 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2976
2977 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2978
2979 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2980 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2981
2982 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2983
2984 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2985 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2986 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2987 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2988
2989 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2990
2991 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2992 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2993
2994 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2995
2996 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2997
2998 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2999
3000 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3001 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3002
3003 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3004
3005 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3006
3007 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3008
3009 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3010 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3011 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3012
3013 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3014
3015 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3016
3017 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3018
3019 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3020
3021 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3022
3023 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3024
3025 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3026
3027 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3028
3029 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3030
3031 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3032 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3033 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3034 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3035
3036 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3037
3038 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3039
3040 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3041
3042 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3043
3044 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3045
3046 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3047 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3048
3049 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3050 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3051 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3052 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3053
3054 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3055
3056 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3057 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3058 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3059 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3060
3061 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3062 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3063
3064 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3065
3066 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3067
3068 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3069 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3070
3071 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3072
3073 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3074 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3075 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3076 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3077 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3078
3079 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3080
3081 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3082 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3083
3084 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3085 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3086 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3087
3088 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3089 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3090
3091 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3092 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3093
3094 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3095
3096 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3097 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3098 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3099 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3100
3101 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3102
3103 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3104
3105 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3106
3107 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3108
3109 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3110
3111 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3112 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3113 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3114
3115 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3116
3117 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3118
3119 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3120
3121 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3122 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3123
3124 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3125
3126 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3127
3128 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3129
3130 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3131
3132 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3133
3134 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3135 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3136
3137 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3138 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3139 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3140 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3141
3142 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3143
3144 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3145
3146 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3147
3148 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3149 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3150
3151 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3152
3153 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3154
3155 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3156
3157 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3158
3159 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3160
3161 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3162 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3163 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3164
3165 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3166 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3167
3168 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3169
3170 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3171
3172 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3173
3174 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3175 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3176 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3177};
3178
3179/* source-level API compatibility */
3180#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3181#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3182#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3183#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3184#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3185#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3186
3187/*
3188 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3189 * here
3190 */
3191#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3192#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3193#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3194#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3195#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3196#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3197#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3198#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3199#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3200#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3201#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3202#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3203#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3204#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3205#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3206#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3207#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3208#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3209#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3210#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3211#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3212
3213#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3214
3215#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3216#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3217#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3218#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3219#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3220#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3221#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3222#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3223#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3224#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3225#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3226#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3227
3228#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3229
3230/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3231#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3232
3233#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3234
3235/**
3236 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3237 *
3238 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3239 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3240 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3241 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3242 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3243 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3244 * AP type interface.
3245 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3246 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3247 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3248 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3249 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3250 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3251 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3252 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3253 * commands to create and destroy one
3254 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3255 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3256 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3257 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3258 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3259 *
3260 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3261 * to set the type of an interface.
3262 *
3263 */
3264enum nl80211_iftype {
3265 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3266 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3267 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3268 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3269 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3270 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3271 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3272 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3273 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3274 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3275 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3276 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3277 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3278
3279 /* keep last */
3280 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3281 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3282};
3283
3284/**
3285 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3286 *
3287 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3288 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3289 *
3290 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3291 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3292 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3293 * with short barker preamble
3294 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3295 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3296 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3297 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3298 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3299 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3300 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3301 * as errors.)
3302 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3303 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3304 * previously added station into associated state
3305 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3306 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3307 */
3308enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3309 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3310 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3311 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3312 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3313 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3314 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3315 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3316 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3317
3318 /* keep last */
3319 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3320 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3321};
3322
3323/**
3324 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3325 *
3326 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3327 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3328 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3329 */
3330enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3331 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3332 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3333
3334 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3335};
3336
3337#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3338
3339/**
3340 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3341 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3342 * @set: which values to set them to
3343 *
3344 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3345 */
3346struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3347 __u32 mask;
3348 __u32 set;
3349} __attribute__((packed));
3350
3351/**
3352 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3353 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3354 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3355 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3356 */
3357enum nl80211_he_gi {
3358 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3359 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3360 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3361};
3362
3363/**
3364 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3365 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3366 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3367 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3368 */
3369enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3370 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3371 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3372 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3373};
3374
3375/**
3376 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3377 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3378 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3379 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3380 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3381 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3382 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3383 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3384 */
3385enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3386 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3387 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3388 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3389 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3390 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3391 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3392 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3393};
3394
3395/**
3396 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3397 *
3398 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3399 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3400 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3401 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3402 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3403 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3404 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3405 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3406 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3407 *
3408 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3409 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3410 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3411 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3412 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3413 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3414 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3415 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3416 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3417 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3418 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3419 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3420 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3421 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3422 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3423 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3424 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3425 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3426 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3427 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3428 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3429 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3430 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3431 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3432 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3433 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3434 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3435 */
3436enum nl80211_rate_info {
3437 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3438 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3439 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3440 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3441 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3442 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3443 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3444 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3445 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3446 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3447 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3448 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3449 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3450 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3451 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3452 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3453 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3454 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3455
3456 /* keep last */
3457 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3458 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3459};
3460
3461/**
3462 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3463 *
3464 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3465 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3466 *
3467 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3468 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3469 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3470 * (flag)
3471 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3472 * (flag)
3473 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3474 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3475 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3476 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3477 */
3478enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3479 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3480 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3481 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3482 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3483 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3484 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3485
3486 /* keep last */
3487 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3488 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3489};
3490
3491/**
3492 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3493 *
3494 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3495 * when getting information about a station.
3496 *
3497 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3498 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3499 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3500 * (u32, from this station)
3501 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3502 * (u32, to this station)
3503 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3504 * (u64, from this station)
3505 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3506 * (u64, to this station)
3507 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3508 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3509 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3510 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3511 * (u32, from this station)
3512 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3513 * (u32, to this station)
3514 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3515 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3516 * (u32, to this station)
3517 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3518 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3519 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3520 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3521 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3522 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3523 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3524 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3525 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3526 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3527 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3528 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3529 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3530 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3531 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3532 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3533 * non-peer STA
3534 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3535 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3536 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3537 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3538 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3539 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3540 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3541 * (u64)
3542 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3543 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3544 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3545 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3546 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3547 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3548 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3549 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3550 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3551 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3552 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3553 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3554 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3555 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3556 * (u32, from this station)
3557 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3558 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3559 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3560 * might not be fully accurate.
3561 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3562 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3563 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3564 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3565 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3566 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3567 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3568 * of STA's association
3569 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3570 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3571 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3572 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3573 */
3574enum nl80211_sta_info {
3575 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3576 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3577 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3578 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3579 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3580 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3581 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3582 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3583 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3584 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3585 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3586 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3587 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3588 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3589 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3590 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3591 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3592 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3593 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3594 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3595 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3596 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3597 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3598 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3599 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3600 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3601 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3602 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3603 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3604 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3605 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3606 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3607 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3608 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3609 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3610 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3611 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3612 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3613 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3614 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3615 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3616 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3617 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3618 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3619
3620 /* keep last */
3621 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3622 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3623};
3624
3625/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3626#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3627
3628
3629/**
3630 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3631 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3632 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3633 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3634 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3635 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3636 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3637 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3638 * MSDUs (u64)
3639 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3640 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3641 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3642 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3643 */
3644enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3645 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3646 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3647 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3648 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3649 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3650 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3651 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3652
3653 /* keep last */
3654 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3655 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3656};
3657
3658/**
3659 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3660 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3661 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3662 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3663 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3664 * backlogged
3665 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3666 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3667 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3668 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3669 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3670 * (only for per-phy stats)
3671 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3672 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3673 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3674 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3675 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3676 */
3677enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3678 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3679 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3680 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3681 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3682 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3683 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3684 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3685 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3686 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3687 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3688 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3689 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3690
3691 /* keep last */
3692 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3693 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3694};
3695
3696/**
3697 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3698 *
3699 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3700 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3701 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3702 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3703 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3704 */
3705enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3706 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3707 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3708 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3709 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3710 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3711};
3712
3713/**
3714 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3715 *
3716 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3717 * information about a mesh path.
3718 *
3719 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3720 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3721 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3722 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3723 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3724 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3725 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3726 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3727 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3728 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3729 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3730 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3731 * currently defined
3732 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3733 */
3734enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3735 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3736 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3737 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3738 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3739 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3740 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3741 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3742 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3743 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3744 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3745
3746 /* keep last */
3747 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3748 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3749};
3750
3751/**
3752 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3753 *
3754 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3755 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3756 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3757 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3758 * capabilities IE
3759 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3760 * capabilities IE
3761 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3762 * capabilities IE
3763 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3764 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3765 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3766 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
3767 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3768 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3769 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3770 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3771 */
3772enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3773 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3774
3775 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3776 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3777 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3778 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3779 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3780 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3781 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
3782
3783 /* keep last */
3784 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3785 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3786};
3787
3788/**
3789 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3790 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3791 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3792 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3793 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3794 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3795 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3796 * defined in 802.11n
3797 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3798 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3799 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3800 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3801 * defined in 802.11ac
3802 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3803 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3804 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3805 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3806 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3807 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3808 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3809 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3810 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3811 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3812 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3813 */
3814enum nl80211_band_attr {
3815 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3816 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3817 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3818
3819 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3820 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3821 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3822 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3823
3824 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3825 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3826 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3827
3828 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3829 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3830
3831 /* keep last */
3832 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3833 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3834};
3835
3836#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3837
3838/**
3839 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3840 *
3841 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3842 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3843 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3844 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3845 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3846 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3847 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3848 */
3849enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3850 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3851 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3852 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3853 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3854 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3855
3856 /* keep last */
3857 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3858 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3859};
3860
3861/**
3862 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3863 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3864 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3865 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3866 * regulatory domain.
3867 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3868 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3869 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3870 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3871 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3872 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3873 * (100 * dBm).
3874 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3875 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3876 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3877 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3878 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3879 * channel as the control channel
3880 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3881 * channel as the control channel
3882 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3883 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3884 * this includes 80+80 channels
3885 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3886 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3887 * isn't possible
3888 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3889 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3890 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3891 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3892 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3893 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3894 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3895 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3896 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3897 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3898 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3899 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3900 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3901 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3902 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3903 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3904 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3905 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3906 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3907 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3908 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3909 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3910 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3911 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3912 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3913 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
3914 * in current regulatory domain.
3915 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
3916 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
3917 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3918 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
3919 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3920 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
3921 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3922 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
3923 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3924 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
3925 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3926 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3927 * currently defined
3928 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3929 *
3930 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3931 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3932 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3933 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3934 */
3935enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3936 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3937 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3938 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3939 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3940 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3941 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3942 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3943 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3944 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3945 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3946 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3947 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3948 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3949 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3950 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3951 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3952 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3953 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3954 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3955 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
3956 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
3957 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
3958 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
3959 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
3960 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
3961 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
3962
3963 /* keep last */
3964 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3965 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3966};
3967
3968#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3969#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3970#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3971#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3972#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3973 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3974
3975/**
3976 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3977 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3978 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3979 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3980 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3981 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3982 * currently defined
3983 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3984 */
3985enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3986 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3987 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3988 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3989
3990 /* keep last */
3991 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3992 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3993};
3994
3995/**
3996 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3997 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3998 * regulatory domain.
3999 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4000 * regulatory domain.
4001 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4002 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4003 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4004 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4005 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4006 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4007 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4008 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4009 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4010 */
4011enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4012 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4013 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4014 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4015 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4016};
4017
4018/**
4019 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4020 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4021 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4022 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4023 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4024 * domain.
4025 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4026 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4027 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4028 * them to be applied.
4029 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4030 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4031 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4032 * domain request to be processed.
4033 */
4034enum nl80211_reg_type {
4035 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4036 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4037 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4038 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4039};
4040
4041/**
4042 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4043 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4044 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4045 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4046 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4047 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4048 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4049 * band edge.
4050 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4051 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4052 * band edge.
4053 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4054 * frequency range, in KHz.
4055 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4056 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4057 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4058 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4059 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4060 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4061 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4062 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4063 * currently defined
4064 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4065 */
4066enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4067 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4068 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4069
4070 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4071 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4072 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4073
4074 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4075 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4076
4077 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4078
4079 /* keep last */
4080 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4081 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4082};
4083
4084/**
4085 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4086 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4087 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4088 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4089 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4090 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4091 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4092 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4093 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4094 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4095 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4096 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4097 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4098 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4099 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4100 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4101 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4102 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4103 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4104 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4105 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4106 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4107 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4108 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4109 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4110 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4111 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4112 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4113 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4114 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4115 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4116 * attribute number currently defined
4117 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4118 */
4119enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4120 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4121
4122 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4123 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4124 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4125 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4126 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4127 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4128
4129 /* keep last */
4130 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4131 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4132 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4133};
4134
4135/* only for backward compatibility */
4136#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4137
4138/**
4139 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4140 *
4141 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4142 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4143 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4144 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4145 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4146 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4147 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4148 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4149 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4150 * beaconing.
4151 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4152 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4153 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4154 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4155 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4156 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4157 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4158 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4159 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4160 */
4161enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4162 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
4163 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
4164 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
4165 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
4166 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
4167 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
4168 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
4169 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
4170 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
4171 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
4172 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
4173 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
4174 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
4175 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
4176 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
4177 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
4178};
4179
4180#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4181#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4182#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4183#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4184 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4185#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4186
4187/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4188#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4189
4190/**
4191 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4192 *
4193 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4194 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4195 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4196 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4197 */
4198enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4199 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4200 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4201 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4202 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
4203};
4204
4205/**
4206 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4207 *
4208 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4209 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4210 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4211 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4212 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4213 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4214 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4215 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4216 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4217 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4218 * supported feature.
4219 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4220 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4221 */
4222enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4223 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4224 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4225 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4226};
4227
4228/**
4229 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4230 *
4231 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4232 * when getting information about a survey.
4233 *
4234 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4235 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4236 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4237 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4238 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4239 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4240 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4241 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4242 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4243 * channel was sensed busy
4244 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4245 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4246 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4247 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4248 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4249 * (on this channel or globally)
4250 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4251 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4252 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4253 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4254 * currently defined
4255 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4256 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4257 */
4258enum nl80211_survey_info {
4259 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4260 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4261 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4262 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4263 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4264 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4265 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4266 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4267 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4268 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4269 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4270 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4271 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4272
4273 /* keep last */
4274 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4275 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4276};
4277
4278/* keep old names for compatibility */
4279#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4280#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4281#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4282#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4283#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4284
4285/**
4286 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4287 *
4288 * Monitor configuration flags.
4289 *
4290 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4291 *
4292 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4293 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4294 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4295 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4296 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4297 * overrides all other flags.
4298 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4299 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4300 *
4301 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4302 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4303 */
4304enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4305 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4306 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4307 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4308 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4309 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4310 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4311 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4312
4313 /* keep last */
4314 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4315 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4316};
4317
4318/**
4319 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4320 *
4321 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4322 * not known or has not been set yet.
4323 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4324 * in Awake state all the time.
4325 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4326 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4327 * neighbor's beacons.
4328 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4329 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4330 * for neighbor's beacons.
4331 *
4332 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4333 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4334 */
4335
4336enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4337 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4338 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4339 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4340 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4341
4342 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4343 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4344};
4345
4346/**
4347 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4348 *
4349 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4350 * active.
4351 *
4352 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4353 *
4354 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4355 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4356 *
4357 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4358 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4359 *
4360 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4361 * millisecond units
4362 *
4363 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4364 * on this mesh interface
4365 *
4366 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4367 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4368 * mesh
4369 *
4370 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4371 * point.
4372 *
4373 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4374 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4375 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4376 * set.
4377 *
4378 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4379 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4380 * target)
4381 *
4382 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4383 * (in milliseconds)
4384 *
4385 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4386 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4387 *
4388 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4389 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4390 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4391 *
4392 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4393 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4394 * reference element
4395 *
4396 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4397 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4398 * mesh
4399 *
4400 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4401 *
4402 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4403 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4404 *
4405 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4406 * root announcements are transmitted.
4407 *
4408 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4409 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4410 * Announcement frames.
4411 *
4412 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4413 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4414 * PERR element.
4415 *
4416 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4417 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4418 *
4419 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4420 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4421 * a peer link.
4422 *
4423 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4424 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4425 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4426 *
4427 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4428 *
4429 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4430 *
4431 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4432 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4433 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4434 *
4435 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4436 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4437 *
4438 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4439 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4440 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4441 *
4442 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4443 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4444 *
4445 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4446 *
4447 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4448 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4449 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4450 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4451 *
4452 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4453 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4454 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4455 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4456 *
4457 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4458 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4459 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4460 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4461 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4462 *
4463 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4464 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4465 * in the mesh formation field.
4466 *
4467 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4468 */
4469enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4470 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4471 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4472 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4473 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4474 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4475 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4476 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4477 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4478 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4479 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4480 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4481 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4482 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4483 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4484 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4485 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4486 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4487 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4488 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4489 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4490 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4491 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4492 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4493 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4494 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4495 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4496 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4497 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4498 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4499 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4500 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4501 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4502
4503 /* keep last */
4504 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4505 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4506};
4507
4508/**
4509 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4510 *
4511 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4512 * changed while the mesh is active.
4513 *
4514 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4515 *
4516 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4517 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4518 * default HWMP.
4519 *
4520 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4521 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4522 * metric.
4523 *
4524 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4525 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4526 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4527 * metrics in use.
4528 *
4529 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4530 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4531 *
4532 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4533 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4534 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4535 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4536 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4537 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4538 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4539 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4540 * userspace daemon.
4541 *
4542 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4543 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4544 * neighbor offset synchronization
4545 *
4546 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4547 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4548 *
4549 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4550 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4551 * Default is no authentication method required.
4552 *
4553 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4554 *
4555 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4556 */
4557enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4558 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4559 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4560 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4561 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4562 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4563 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4564 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4565 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4566 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4567
4568 /* keep last */
4569 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4570 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4571};
4572
4573/**
4574 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4575 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4576 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4577 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4578 * disabled
4579 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4580 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4581 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4582 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4583 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4584 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4585 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4586 */
4587enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4588 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4589 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4590 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4591 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4592 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4593 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4594
4595 /* keep last */
4596 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4597 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4598};
4599
4600enum nl80211_ac {
4601 NL80211_AC_VO,
4602 NL80211_AC_VI,
4603 NL80211_AC_BE,
4604 NL80211_AC_BK,
4605 NL80211_NUM_ACS
4606};
4607
4608/* backward compat */
4609#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4610#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4611#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4612#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4613#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4614
4615/**
4616 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4617 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4618 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4619 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4620 * below the control channel
4621 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4622 * above the control channel
4623 */
4624enum nl80211_channel_type {
4625 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4626 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4627 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4628 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4629};
4630
4631/**
4632 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4633 *
4634 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4635 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4636 *
4637 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4638 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4639 *
4640 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4641 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4642 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4643 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4644 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4645 */
4646enum nl80211_key_mode {
4647 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4648 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4649 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4650};
4651
4652/**
4653 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4654 *
4655 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4656 * attribute.
4657 *
4658 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4659 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4660 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4661 * attribute must be provided as well
4662 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4663 * attribute must be provided as well
4664 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4665 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4666 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4667 * attribute must be provided as well
4668 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4669 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4670 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4671 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4672 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4673 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4674 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4675 */
4676enum nl80211_chan_width {
4677 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4678 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4679 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4680 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4681 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4682 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4683 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4684 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4685 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4686 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4687 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4688 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4689 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4690};
4691
4692/**
4693 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4694 *
4695 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4696 *
4697 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4698 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4699 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4700 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4701 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4702 */
4703enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4704 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4705 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4706 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4707 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4708 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4709};
4710
4711/**
4712 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4713 *
4714 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4715 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4716 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4717 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4718 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4719 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4720 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4721 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4722 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4723 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4724 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4725 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4726 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4727 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4728 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4729 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4730 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4731 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4732 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4733 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4734 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4735 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4736 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4737 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4738 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4739 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4740 * yet been received
4741 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4742 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4743 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4744 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4745 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4746 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4747 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4748 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4749 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4750 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4751 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4752 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4753 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4754 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4755 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4756 * is set.
4757 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4758 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4759 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4760 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4761 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4762 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4763 */
4764enum nl80211_bss {
4765 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4766 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4767 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4768 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4769 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4770 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4771 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4772 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4773 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4774 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4775 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4776 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4777 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4778 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4779 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4780 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4781 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4782 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4783 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4784 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4785 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4786
4787 /* keep last */
4788 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4789 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4790};
4791
4792/**
4793 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4794 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4795 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4796 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4797 * a given BSS.
4798 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4799 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4800 *
4801 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4802 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4803 */
4804enum nl80211_bss_status {
4805 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4806 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4807 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4808};
4809
4810/**
4811 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4812 *
4813 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4814 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4815 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4816 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4817 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4818 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4819 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4820 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4821 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4822 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4823 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4824 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4825 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4826 */
4827enum nl80211_auth_type {
4828 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4829 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4830 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4831 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4832 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4833 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4834 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4835 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4836
4837 /* keep last */
4838 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4839 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4840 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4841};
4842
4843/**
4844 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4845 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4846 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4847 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4848 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4849 */
4850enum nl80211_key_type {
4851 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4852 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4853 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4854
4855 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4856};
4857
4858/**
4859 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4860 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4861 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4862 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4863 */
4864enum nl80211_mfp {
4865 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4866 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4867 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4868};
4869
4870enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4871 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4872 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4873 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4874};
4875
4876/**
4877 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4878 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4879 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4880 * unicast key
4881 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4882 * multicast key
4883 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4884 */
4885enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4886 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4887 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4888 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4889
4890 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4891};
4892
4893/**
4894 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4895 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4896 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4897 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4898 * keys
4899 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4900 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4901 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4902 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4903 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4904 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4905 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4906 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4907 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4908 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4909 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4910 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4911 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4912 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4913 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4914 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
4915 *
4916 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4917 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4918 */
4919enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4920 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4921 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4922 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4923 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4924 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4925 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4926 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4927 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4928 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4929 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4930 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
4931
4932 /* keep last */
4933 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4934 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4935};
4936
4937/**
4938 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4939 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4940 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4941 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4942 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4943 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4944 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4945 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4946 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4947 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4948 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4949 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4950 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
4951 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
4952 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
4953 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4954 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4955 */
4956enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4957 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4958 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4959 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4960 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4961 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4962 NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
4963 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
4964 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
4965
4966 /* keep last */
4967 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4968 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4969};
4970
4971#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4972#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4973
4974/**
4975 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4976 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4977 */
4978struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4979 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4980};
4981
4982#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
4983/**
4984 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4985 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4986 */
4987struct nl80211_txrate_he {
4988 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
4989};
4990
4991enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4992 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4993 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4994 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4995};
4996
4997/**
4998 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4999 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5000 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5001 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5002 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5003 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5004 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5005 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5006 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5007 */
5008enum nl80211_band {
5009 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5010 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5011 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5012 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5013 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5014 NL80211_BAND_LC,
5015
5016 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5017};
5018
5019/**
5020 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5021 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5022 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5023 */
5024enum nl80211_ps_state {
5025 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5026 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5027};
5028
5029/**
5030 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5031 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5032 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5033 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5034 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5035 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5036 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5037 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5038 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5039 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5040 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5041 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5042 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5043 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5044 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5045 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5046 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5047 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5048 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5049 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5050 * checked.
5051 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5052 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5053 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5054 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5055 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5056 * loss event
5057 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5058 * RSSI threshold event.
5059 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5060 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5061 */
5062enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5063 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5064 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5065 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5066 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5067 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5068 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5069 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5070 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5071 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5072 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5073
5074 /* keep last */
5075 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5076 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5077};
5078
5079/**
5080 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5081 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5082 * configured threshold
5083 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5084 * configured threshold
5085 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5086 */
5087enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5088 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5089 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5090 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5091};
5092
5093
5094/**
5095 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5096 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5097 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5098 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5099 */
5100enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5101 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5102 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5103 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5104};
5105
5106/**
5107 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5108 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5109 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5110 */
5111enum nl80211_tid_config {
5112 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5113 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5114};
5115
5116/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5117 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5118 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5119 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5120 */
5121enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5122 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5123 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5124 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5125};
5126
5127/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5128 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5129 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5130 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5131 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5132 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5133 * per peer instead.
5134 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5135 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5136 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5137 * should be left untouched.
5138 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5139 * Its type is u16.
5140 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5141 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5142 * Its type is u8.
5143 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5144 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5145 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5146 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5147 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5148 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5149 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5150 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5151 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5152 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5153 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5154 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5155 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5156 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5157 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5158 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5159 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5160 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5161 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5162 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5163 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5164 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5165 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5166 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5167 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5168 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5169 * station.
5170 */
5171enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5172 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5173 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5174 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5175 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5176 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5177 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5178 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5179 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5180 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5181 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5182 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5183 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5184 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5185 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5186
5187 /* keep last */
5188 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5189 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5190};
5191
5192/**
5193 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5194 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5195 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5196 * a zero bit are ignored
5197 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5198 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5199 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5200 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5201 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5202 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5203 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5204 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5205 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5206 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5207 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5208 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5209 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5210 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5211 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5212 */
5213enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5214 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5215 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5216 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5217 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5218
5219 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5220 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5221};
5222
5223/**
5224 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5225 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5226 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5227 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5228 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5229 *
5230 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5231 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5232 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5233 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5234 * by the kernel to userspace.
5235 */
5236struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5237 __u32 max_patterns;
5238 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5239 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5240 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5241} __attribute__((packed));
5242
5243/* only for backward compatibility */
5244#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5245#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5246#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5247#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5248#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5249#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5250#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5251
5252/**
5253 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5254 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5255 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5256 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5257 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5258 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5259 * any others are even supported by the device.
5260 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5261 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5262 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5263 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5264 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5265 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5266 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5267 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5268 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5269 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5270 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5271 *
5272 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5273 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5274 *
5275 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5276 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5277 * to the kernel when configuring.
5278 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5279 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5280 * by the device (flag)
5281 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5282 * done by the device) (flag)
5283 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5284 * packet (flag)
5285 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5286 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5287 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5288 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5289 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5290 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5291 * attribute contains the original length.
5292 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5293 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5294 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5295 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5296 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5297 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5298 * contains the original length.
5299 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5300 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5301 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5302 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5303 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5304 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5305 * the TCP connection.
5306 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5307 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5308 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5309 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5310 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5311 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5312 * service
5313 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5314 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5315 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5316 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5317 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5318 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5319 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5320 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5321 * supported by the driver (u32).
5322 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5323 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5324 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5325 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5326 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5327 * occurred.
5328 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5329 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5330 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5331 * these attributes must be present. If
5332 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5333 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5334 * channel.
5335 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5336 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5337 *
5338 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5339 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5340 */
5341enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5342 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5343 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5344 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5345 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5346 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5347 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5348 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5349 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5350 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5351 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5352 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5353 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5354 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5355 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5356 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5357 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5358 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5359 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5360 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5361 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5362
5363 /* keep last */
5364 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5365 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5366};
5367
5368/**
5369 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5370 *
5371 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5372 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5373 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5374 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5375 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5376 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5377 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5378 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5379 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5380 *
5381 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5382 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5383 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5384 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5385 * also woken up.
5386 *
5387 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5388 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5389 */
5390
5391/**
5392 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5393 * @start: starting value
5394 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5395 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5396 *
5397 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5398 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5399 * in little endian.
5400 */
5401struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5402 __u32 start, offset, len;
5403};
5404
5405/**
5406 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5407 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5408 * @len: length of each token
5409 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5410 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5411 */
5412struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5413 __u32 offset, len;
5414 __u8 token_stream[];
5415};
5416
5417/**
5418 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5419 * @min_len: minimum token length
5420 * @max_len: maximum token length
5421 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5422 */
5423struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5424 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5425};
5426
5427/**
5428 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5429 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5430 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5431 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5432 * (in network byte order)
5433 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5434 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5435 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5436 * might require ARP querying.
5437 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5438 * socket and port will be allocated
5439 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5440 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5441 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5442 * of the data payload.
5443 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5444 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5445 * advertising it is just a flag
5446 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5447 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5448 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5449 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5450 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5451 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5452 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5453 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5454 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5455 * but on the TCP payload only.
5456 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5457 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5458 */
5459enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5460 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5461 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5462 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5463 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5464 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5465 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5466 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5467 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5468 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5469 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5470 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5471 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5472
5473 /* keep last */
5474 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5475 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5476};
5477
5478/**
5479 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5480 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5481 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5482 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5483 *
5484 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5485 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5486 */
5487struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5488 __u32 max_rules;
5489 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5490 __u32 max_delay;
5491} __attribute__((packed));
5492
5493/**
5494 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5495 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5496 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5497 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5498 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5499 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5500 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5501 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5502 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5503 */
5504enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5505 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5506 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5507 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5508 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5509
5510 /* keep last */
5511 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5512 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5513};
5514
5515/**
5516 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5517 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5518 * in a rule are matched.
5519 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5520 * in a rule are not matched.
5521 */
5522enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5523 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5524 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5525};
5526
5527/**
5528 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5529 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5530 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5531 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5532 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5533 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5534 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5535 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5536 */
5537enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5538 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5539 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5540 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5541
5542 /* keep last */
5543 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5544 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5545};
5546
5547/**
5548 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5549 *
5550 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5551 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5552 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5553 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5554 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5555 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5556 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5557 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5558 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5559 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5560 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5561 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5562 * different channels may be used within this group.
5563 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5564 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5565 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5566 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5567 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5568 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5569 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5570 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5571 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5572 *
5573 * Examples:
5574 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5575 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5576 *
5577 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5578 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5579 *
5580 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5581 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5582 *
5583 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5584 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5585 *
5586 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5587 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5588 * that any of these groups must match.
5589 *
5590 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5591 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5592 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5593 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5594 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5595 */
5596enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5597 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5598 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5599 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5600 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5601 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5602 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5603 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5604 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5605
5606 /* keep last */
5607 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5608 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5609};
5610
5611
5612/**
5613 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5614 *
5615 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5616 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5617 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5618 * this mesh peer
5619 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5620 * from this mesh peer
5621 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5622 * received from this mesh peer
5623 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5624 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5625 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5626 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
5627 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5628 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5629 */
5630enum nl80211_plink_state {
5631 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5632 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5633 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5634 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5635 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5636 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5637 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5638
5639 /* keep last */
5640 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5641 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5642};
5643
5644/**
5645 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5646 *
5647 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5648 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5649 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5650 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5651 */
5652enum plink_actions {
5653 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5654 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5655 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5656
5657 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5658};
5659
5660
5661#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5662#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5663#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
5664#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
5665#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5666
5667/**
5668 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5669 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5670 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5671 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5672 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5673 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5674 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5675 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5676 */
5677enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5678 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5679 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5680 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5681 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5682 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5683
5684 /* keep last */
5685 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5686 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5687};
5688
5689/**
5690 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5691 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5692 * Beacon frames)
5693 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5694 * in Beacon frames
5695 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5696 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5697 */
5698enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5699 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5700 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5701 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5702};
5703
5704/**
5705 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5706 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5707 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5708 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5709 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5710 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5711 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5712 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5713 */
5714enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5715 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5716 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5717 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5718
5719 /* keep last */
5720 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5721 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5722};
5723
5724/**
5725 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5726 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5727 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5728 * priority)
5729 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5730 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5731 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5732 * (internal)
5733 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5734 * (internal)
5735 */
5736enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5737 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5738 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5739 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5740 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5741
5742 /* keep last */
5743 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5744 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5745};
5746
5747/**
5748 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5749 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5750 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5751 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5752 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5753 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5754 */
5755enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5756 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5757 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5758 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5759 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5760 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5761};
5762
5763/**
5764 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5765 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
5766 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
5767 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
5768 */
5769enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5770 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0,
5771};
5772
5773/**
5774 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5775 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5776 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5777 * socket option.
5778 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5779 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5780 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5781 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5782 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5783 * cellular base stations.
5784 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5785 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5786 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5787 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5788 * mode
5789 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5790 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5791 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5792 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5793 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5794 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5795 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5796 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5797 * setting
5798 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5799 * powersave
5800 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5801 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5802 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5803 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5804 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5805 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5806 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5807 * states using station flags.
5808 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5809 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5810 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5811 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5812 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5813 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5814 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5815 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5816 * still generated by the driver.
5817 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5818 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5819 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5820 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5821 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5822 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5823 * lifetime of a BSS.
5824 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5825 * Set IE to probe requests.
5826 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5827 * to probe requests.
5828 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5829 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5830 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5831 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5832 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5833 * Measurement Report action frame.
5834 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5835 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5836 * to enable dynack.
5837 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5838 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5839 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5840 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5841 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5842 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5843 * rts/cts handshake.
5844 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5845 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5846 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5847 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5848 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5849 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5850 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5851 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5852 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5853 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5854 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5855 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5856 * address mask/value will be used.
5857 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5858 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5859 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5860 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5861 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5862 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5863 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5864 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5865 */
5866enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5867 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5868 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5869 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5870 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5871 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5872 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5873 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5874 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5875 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5876 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5877 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5878 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5879 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5880 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5881 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5882 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5883 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5884 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5885 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5886 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5887 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5888 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5889 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5890 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5891 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5892 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5893 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5894 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5895 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5896 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5897 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5898 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
5899};
5900
5901/**
5902 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5903 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5904 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5905 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5906 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5907 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5908 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5909 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5910 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5911 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5912 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5913 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5914 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5915 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5916 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5917 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5918 * (if available).
5919 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5920 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5921 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5922 * (if available).
5923 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5924 * channel dwell time.
5925 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5926 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5927 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5928 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5929 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5930 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5931 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5932 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5933 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5934 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5935 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5936 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5937 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5938 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5939 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5940 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5941 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5942 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5943 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5944 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5945 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5946 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5947 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5948 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5949 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5950 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5951 * be supported.
5952 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5953 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5954 * actual dwell time.
5955 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5956 * response
5957 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5958 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5959 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5960 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5961 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5962 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5963 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5964 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5965 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5966 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5967 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5968 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5969 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5970 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5971 * "radar detected" event.
5972 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5973 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5974 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5975 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5976 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5977 * TXQs.
5978 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5979 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5980 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5981 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5982 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5983 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5984 * timing measurement responder role.
5985 *
5986 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5987 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5988 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5989 * freeze the connection.
5990 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5991 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5992 *
5993 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5994 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5995 * scheduling.
5996 *
5997 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5998 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5999 *
6000 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6001 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6002 *
6003 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6004 * to a station.
6005 *
6006 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6007 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6008 *
6009 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6010 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6011 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6012 *
6013 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6014 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6015 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6016 *
6017 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6018 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6019 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6020 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6021 *
6022 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6023 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6024 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6025 *
6026 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6027 *
6028 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6029 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6030 *
6031 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6032 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6033 *
6034 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6035 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6036 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6037 * included in the scan request.
6038 *
6039 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6040 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6041 *
6042 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6043 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6044 *
6045 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6046 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6047 * command).
6048 *
6049 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6050 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6051 *
6052 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6053 * frames transmission
6054 *
6055 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6056 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6057 *
6058 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6059 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6060 *
6061 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6062 * exchange protocol.
6063 *
6064 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6065 * exchange protocol.
6066 *
6067 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6068 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6069 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6070 *
6071 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6072 * detection and change announcemnts.
6073 *
6074 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6075 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6076 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6077 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6078 *
6079 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6080 * detection.
6081 *
6082 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6083 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6084 */
6085enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6086 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6087 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6088 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6089 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6090 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6091 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6092 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6093 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6094 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6095 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6096 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6097 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6098 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6099 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6100 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6101 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6102 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6103 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6104 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6105 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6106 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6107 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6108 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6109 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6110 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6111 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6112 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6113 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6114 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6115 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6116 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6117 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6118 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6119 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6120 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6121 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6122 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6123 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6124 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6125 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6126 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6127 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6128 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6129 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6130 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6131 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6132 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6133 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6134 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6135 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6136 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6137 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6138 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6139 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6140 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6141 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6142 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6143 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6144 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6145 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6146 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6147 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6148 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6149
6150 /* add new features before the definition below */
6151 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6152 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6153};
6154
6155/**
6156 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6157 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6158 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6159 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6160 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6161 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6162 * to the host.
6163 *
6164 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6165 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6166 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6167 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6168 */
6169enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6170 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
6171 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
6172 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
6173 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
6174};
6175
6176/**
6177 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6178 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6179 * handled by the AP is reached.
6180 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6181 */
6182enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6183 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6184 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6185};
6186
6187/**
6188 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6189 *
6190 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6191 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6192 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6193 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6194 */
6195enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6196 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6197 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6198 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6199 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6200};
6201
6202/**
6203 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6204 *
6205 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6206 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6207 * requests.
6208 *
6209 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6210 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6211 * one of them can be used in the request.
6212 *
6213 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6214 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6215 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6216 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6217 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6218 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6219 * when really needed
6220 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6221 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6222 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6223 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6224 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6225 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6226 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6227 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6228 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6229 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6230 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6231 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6232 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6233 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6234 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6235 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6236 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6237 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6238 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6239 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6240 * SSID and/or RSSI.
6241 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6242 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6243 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6244 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6245 * impacted with this flag.
6246 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6247 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6248 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6249 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6250 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6251 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6252 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6253 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6254 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6255 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6256 * possible.
6257 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6258 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6259 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6260 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6261 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6262 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6263 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6264 * 2.4/5 GHz APs
6265 */
6266enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6267 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6268 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6269 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6270 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6271 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6272 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6273 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6274 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6275 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6276 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6277 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6278 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6279 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6280 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6281 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
6282};
6283
6284/**
6285 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6286 *
6287 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6288 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6289 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6290 *
6291 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6292 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6293 * in ACL to authenticate.
6294 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6295 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6296 */
6297enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6298 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6299 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6300};
6301
6302/**
6303 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6304 *
6305 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6306 *
6307 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6308 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6309 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6310 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6311 */
6312enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6313 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6314 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6315 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6316
6317 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6318 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6319};
6320
6321/**
6322 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6323 *
6324 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6325 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6326 *
6327 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6328 * now unusable.
6329 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6330 * the channel is now available.
6331 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6332 * change to the channel status.
6333 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6334 * over, channel becomes usable.
6335 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6336 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6337 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6338 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6339 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6340 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6341 */
6342enum nl80211_radar_event {
6343 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6344 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6345 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6346 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6347 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6348 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6349};
6350
6351/**
6352 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6353 *
6354 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6355 *
6356 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6357 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6358 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6359 * is therefore marked as not available.
6360 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6361 */
6362enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6363 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6364 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6365 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6366};
6367
6368/**
6369 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6370 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6371 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6372 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6373 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6374 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6375 */
6376enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6377 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6378};
6379
6380/**
6381 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6382 *
6383 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6384 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6385 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6386 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6387 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6388 */
6389enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6390 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6391 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6392 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6393 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6394 /* add other protocols before this one */
6395 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6396};
6397
6398/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6399#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6400
6401/**
6402 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6403 *
6404 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6405 *
6406 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6407 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6408 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6409 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6410 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6411 */
6412enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6413 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6414 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6415};
6416
6417/*
6418 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6419 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6420 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6421 */
6422#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6423
6424/**
6425 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6426 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6427 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6428 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6429 * added to this file when needed.
6430 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6431 */
6432struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6433 __u32 vendor_id;
6434 __u32 subcmd;
6435};
6436
6437/**
6438 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6439 *
6440 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6441 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6442 *
6443 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6444 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6445 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6446 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6447 */
6448enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6449 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6450 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6451 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6452 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6453};
6454
6455/**
6456 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6457 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6458 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6459 * seconds (u32).
6460 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6461 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6462 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6463 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6464 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6465 * currently defined
6466 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6467 */
6468enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6469 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6470 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6471 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6472
6473 /* keep last */
6474 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6475 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6476 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6477};
6478
6479/**
6480 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6481 *
6482 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6483 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6484 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6485 */
6486struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6487 __u8 band;
6488 __s8 delta;
6489} __attribute__((packed));
6490
6491/**
6492 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6493 *
6494 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6495 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6496 * is requested.
6497 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6498 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6499 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6500 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6501 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6502 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6503 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6504 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6505 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6506 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6507 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6508 *
6509 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6510 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6511 * which the driver shall use.
6512 */
6513enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6514 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6515 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6516 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6517 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6518
6519 /* keep last */
6520 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6521 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6522};
6523
6524/**
6525 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6526 *
6527 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6528 *
6529 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6530 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6531 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6532 */
6533enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6534 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6535 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6536 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6537
6538 /* keep last */
6539 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6540 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6541};
6542
6543/**
6544 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6545 *
6546 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6547 *
6548 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6549 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6550 */
6551enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6552 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6553 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6554};
6555
6556/**
6557 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6558 *
6559 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6560 *
6561 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6562 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6563 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6564 */
6565enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6566 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6567 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6568 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6569};
6570
6571#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6572#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6573#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6574
6575/**
6576 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6577 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6578 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6579 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6580 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6581 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6582 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6583 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6584 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6585 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6586 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6587 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6588 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6589 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6590 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6591 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6592 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6593 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6594 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6595 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6596 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6597 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6598 * This is a flag.
6599 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6600 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6601 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6602 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6603 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6604 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6605 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6606 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6607 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6608 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6609 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6610 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6611 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6612 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6613 *
6614 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6615 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6616 */
6617enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6618 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6619 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6620 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6621 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6622 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6623 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6624 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6625 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6626 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6627 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6628 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6629 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6630 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6631 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6632 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6633 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6634 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6635
6636 /* keep last */
6637 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6638 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6639};
6640
6641/**
6642 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6643 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6644 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6645 * This is a flag.
6646 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6647 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6648 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6649 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6650 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6651 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6652 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6653 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6654 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6655 */
6656enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6657 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6658 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6659 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6660 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6661 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6662
6663 /* keep last */
6664 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6665 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6666};
6667
6668/**
6669 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6670 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6671 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6672 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6673 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6674 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6675 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6676 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6677 *
6678 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6679 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6680 */
6681enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6682 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6683 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6684 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6685
6686 /* keep last */
6687 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6688 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6689};
6690
6691/**
6692 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6693 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6694 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6695 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6696 */
6697enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6698 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6699 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6700};
6701
6702/**
6703 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6704 * responder attributes
6705 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6706 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6707 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6708 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6709 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6710 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6711 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6712 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6713 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6714 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6715 */
6716enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6717 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6718
6719 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6720 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6721 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6722
6723 /* keep last */
6724 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6725 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6726};
6727
6728/*
6729 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6730 *
6731 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6732 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6733 *
6734 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6735 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6736 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6737 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6738 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6739 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6740 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6741 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6742 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6743 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6744 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6745 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6746 * phase with the responder (u32)
6747 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6748 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6749 * FTM slot (u32)
6750 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6751 * scheduled window (u32)
6752 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6753 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6754 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6755 */
6756enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6757 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6758 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6759 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6760 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6761 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6762 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6763 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6764 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6765 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6766 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6767 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6768
6769 /* keep last */
6770 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6771 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6772};
6773
6774/**
6775 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6776 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6777 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6778 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6779 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6780 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6781 */
6782enum nl80211_preamble {
6783 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6784 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6785 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6786 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6787 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
6788};
6789
6790/**
6791 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6792 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6793 * these numbers also for attributes
6794 *
6795 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6796 *
6797 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6798 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6799 */
6800enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6801 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6802
6803 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6804
6805 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6806 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6807};
6808
6809/**
6810 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6811 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6812 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6813 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6814 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6815 * reason may be available in the response data
6816 */
6817enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6818 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6819 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6820 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6821 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6822};
6823
6824/**
6825 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6826 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6827 *
6828 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6829 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6830 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6831 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6832 * (flag attribute)
6833 *
6834 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6835 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6836 */
6837enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6838 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6839
6840 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6841 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6842
6843 /* keep last */
6844 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6845 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6846};
6847
6848/**
6849 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6850 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6851 *
6852 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6853 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6854 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6855 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6856 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6857 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6858 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6859 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6860 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6861 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6862 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6863 * (u64, usec)
6864 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6865 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6866 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6867 * result.
6868 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6869 *
6870 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6871 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6872 */
6873enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6874 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6875
6876 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6877 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6878 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6879 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6880 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6881 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6882
6883 /* keep last */
6884 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6885 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6886};
6887
6888/**
6889 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6890 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6891 *
6892 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6893 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6894 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6895 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6896 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6897 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6898 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6899 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6900 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6901 *
6902 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6903 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6904 */
6905enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6906 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6907
6908 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6909 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6910 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6911 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6912
6913 /* keep last */
6914 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6915 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6916};
6917
6918/**
6919 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6920 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6921 *
6922 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6923 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6924 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6925 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6926 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6927 * measurement results
6928 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6929 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6930 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6931 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6932 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6933 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6934 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6935 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6936 * sub-attributes taken from
6937 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6938 *
6939 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6940 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6941 */
6942enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6943 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6944
6945 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6946 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6947 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6948 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6949 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6950
6951 /* keep last */
6952 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6953 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6954};
6955
6956/**
6957 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6958 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6959 *
6960 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6961 * is supported
6962 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6963 * mode is supported
6964 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6965 * data can be requested during the measurement
6966 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6967 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6968 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6969 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6970 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6971 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6972 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6973 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6974 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6975 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6976 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6977 * is valid)
6978 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6979 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6980 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
6981 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6982 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
6983 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6984 *
6985 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6986 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6987 */
6988enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6989 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6990
6991 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6992 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6993 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6994 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6995 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6996 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6997 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6998 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6999 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7000 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7001
7002 /* keep last */
7003 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7004 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7005};
7006
7007/**
7008 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7009 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7010 *
7011 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7012 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7013 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7014 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7015 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7016 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7017 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7018 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7019 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7020 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7021 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7022 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7023 * requested per burst
7024 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7025 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7026 * (u8, default 3)
7027 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7028 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7029 * (flag)
7030 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7031 * measurement (flag).
7032 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7033 * mutually exclusive.
7034 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7035 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7036 * ranging will be used.
7037 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7038 * ranging measurement (flag)
7039 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7040 * mutually exclusive.
7041 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7042 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7043 * ranging will be used.
7044 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7045 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7046 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7047 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7048 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7049 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7050 *
7051 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7052 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7053 */
7054enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7055 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7056
7057 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7058 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7059 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7060 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7061 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7062 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7063 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7064 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7065 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7066 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7067 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7068 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7069 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7070
7071 /* keep last */
7072 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7073 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7074};
7075
7076/**
7077 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7078 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7079 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7080 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7081 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7082 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7083 * try and get no response)
7084 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7085 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7086 * received
7087 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7088 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7089 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7090 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7091 */
7092enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7093 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7094 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7095 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7096 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7097 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7098 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7099 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7100 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7101};
7102
7103/**
7104 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7105 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7106 *
7107 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7108 * (u32, optional)
7109 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7110 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7111 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7112 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7113 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7114 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7115 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7116 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7117 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7118 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7119 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7120 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7121 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7122 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7123 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7124 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7125 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7126 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7127 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7128 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7129 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7130 * attributes)
7131 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7132 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7133 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7134 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7135 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7136 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7137 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7138 * optional)
7139 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7140 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7141 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7142 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7143 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7144 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7145 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7146 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7147 * Type 8.
7148 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7149 * (binary, optional);
7150 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7151 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7152 * Type 11.
7153 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7154 *
7155 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7156 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7157 */
7158enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7159 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7160
7161 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7162 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7163 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7164 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7165 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7166 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7167 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7168 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7169 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7170 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7171 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7172 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7173 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7174 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7175 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7176 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7177 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7178 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7179 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7180 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7181 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7182
7183 /* keep last */
7184 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7185 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7186};
7187
7188/**
7189 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7190 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7191 *
7192 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7193 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7194 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7195 * tx power offset.
7196 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7197 * values used by members of the SRG.
7198 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7199 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7200 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7201 *
7202 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7203 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7204 */
7205enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7206 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7207
7208 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7209 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7210 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7211 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7212 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7213 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7214
7215 /* keep last */
7216 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7217 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7218};
7219
7220/**
7221 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7222 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7223 *
7224 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7225 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7226 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7227 *
7228 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7229 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7230 */
7231enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7232 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7233
7234 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7235 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7236 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7237
7238 /* keep last */
7239 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7240 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7241};
7242
7243/**
7244 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7245 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7246 *
7247 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7248 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7249 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7250 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7251 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7252 *
7253 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7254 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7255 */
7256enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7257 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7258
7259 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7260 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7261
7262 /* keep last */
7263 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7264 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7265};
7266
7267/**
7268 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7269 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7270 *
7271 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7272 *
7273 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7274 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7275 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7276 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7277 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7278 * frame including the headers.
7279 *
7280 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7281 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7282 */
7283enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7284 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7285
7286 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7287 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7288 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7289
7290 /* keep last */
7291 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7292 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7293};
7294
7295/*
7296 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7297 * mandatory fields.
7298 */
7299#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7300
7301/**
7302 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7303 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7304 *
7305 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7306 *
7307 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7308 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7309 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7310 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7311 * frame template (binary).
7312 *
7313 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7314 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7315 */
7316enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7317 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7318
7319 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7320 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7321
7322 /* keep last */
7323 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7324 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7325 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7326};
7327
7328/**
7329 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7330 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7331 * used.
7332 *
7333 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7334 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7335 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7336 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7337 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7338 * can be used.
7339 */
7340enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7341 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7342 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7343 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7344 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7345};
7346
7347/**
7348 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7349 *
7350 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7351 *
7352 */
7353enum nl80211_sar_type {
7354 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7355
7356 /* add new type here */
7357
7358 /* Keep last */
7359 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7360};
7361
7362/**
7363 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7364 *
7365 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7366 *
7367 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7368 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7369 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7370 *
7371 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7372 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7373 *
7374 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7375 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7376 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7377 *
7378 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7379 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7380 *
7381 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7382 */
7383enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7384 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7385
7386 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7387 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7388
7389 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7390 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7391};
7392
7393/**
7394 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7395 *
7396 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7397 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7398 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7399 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7400 *
7401 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7402 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7403 * is applied to this range.
7404 *
7405 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7406 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7407 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7408 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7409 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7410 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7411 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7412 *
7413 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7414 *
7415 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7416 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7417 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7418 *
7419 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7420 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7421 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7422 *
7423 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7424 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7425 */
7426enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7427 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7428
7429 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7430 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7431 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7432 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7433
7434 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7435 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7436};
7437
7438/**
7439 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7440 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7441 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7442 * MBSSID and EMA.
7443 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7444 * features.
7445 *
7446 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7447 *
7448 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7449 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7450 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7451 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7452 *
7453 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7454 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7455 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7456 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7457 * a non-zero value.
7458 *
7459 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7460 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7461 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7462 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7463 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7464 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7465 *
7466 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7467 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7468 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7469 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7470 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7471 * the interface index of the same.
7472 *
7473 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7474 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7475 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7476 *
7477 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7478 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7479 */
7480enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7481 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7482
7483 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7484 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7485 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7486 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7487 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7488
7489 /* keep last */
7490 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7491 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7492};
7493
7494/**
7495 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7496 *
7497 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7498 * authentication.
7499 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7500 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7501 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7502 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7503 * userspace.
7504 */
7505enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7506 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0,
7507 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1,
7508};
7509
7510#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */